<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="it">
	<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Renato.daverio</id>
	<title>itm wiki - Contributi utente [it]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Renato.daverio"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php/Speciale:Contributi/Renato.daverio"/>
	<updated>2026-04-27T14:46:06Z</updated>
	<subtitle>Contributi utente</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4016</id>
		<title>Filters management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4016"/>
		<updated>2018-10-16T10:07:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How To Create complex filter */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The itmSUITE® provides a complete filter management system that implements items (ticket, timesheet, etc...) searching according to several filtering rules.&lt;br /&gt;
In itmSUITE® three filter types can be defined:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Global filters''': are permanent filters configured by company admin and accessible to a group of users of the same company.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Personal filters''': are permanent filters configured by user and accessible only to him/her.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Temporary filters''': are temporary filters configured by user and accessible to him/her in current session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Entity !! Global filter !! Personal filter !! Temporary filter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Action'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Asset'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Billing Calendar'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Forced View'' || '''X''' || ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Invoice'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Message'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Milestone'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''News'' ||  ||  || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Personal View'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Activity'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Purchase Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Sale Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Supplier'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource Planning'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket Activity'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Timesheet'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''User'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Workflow'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Filters Configuration ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some entities list (i.e., ticket views) it is possible to configure a personal filter by '''Filters''' button or to remove it by '''Drop Filter''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter button.JPG|centre|thumb|900x900px|Filter Management buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filter management form contains following common sections:&lt;br /&gt;
* Personal Filter Manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Global Settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Section&lt;br /&gt;
* Primay and Secondary Section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and specific block sections for every entity views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Personal Filter Manager =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to create, delete or update personal filters. It is enabled by clicking on '''Personal Filter Manager''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button ||&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As New&amp;quot;: creates a new personal filter with name inserted in text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field with name inserted in text field &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Update Existing&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field without select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || defines the current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; as default in view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves personal filter defined in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Delete''' || Button || deletes current filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Global Settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to manage primary filter blocks. It is enabled by clicking on '''Global Settings''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primary Blocks Settings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || hides primary filter blocks (i.e., &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Statuses Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; for ''ticket'' filter) that are checked&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primay Block Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || the following choises are  possible: &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;No Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project and Services / Ticket Types / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types / Project and Services / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves '''''Global Settings''''' configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Main Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to configure main filter settings (paging, refreshing, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Per Page&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines items number (&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;100&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Show All&amp;quot;) that can be visible in a single view page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Code Range&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Text field || list of ticket codes (separated by a space char) that user can visualize&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Refresh Frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines the temporal frequency (&amp;quot;30 sec&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;2 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;3 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;5 min&amp;quot;) with which items view is refreshed. The &amp;quot;0 sec(off)&amp;quot; value disables this functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Smart Loading&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables block filter fields loading according to the visibility that logged user can have on some itmSUITE® items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Cascade Refresh&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables cascade options refresh for all filter blocks. If checked it enables asynchronous refreshing by '''Refresh''' button (to refresh selected filter block) or by '''Refresh All''' button (to update all visible filter blocks)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Creation Dates Options&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || creation date filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
* From - To: shows items according to setted creation date range&lt;br /&gt;
* Quick Date Option: shows items according to setted current or last N (N setted in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Units&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field) days, months, years.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Primary and Secondary Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these sections, every block filter can be hidden/visibile by a check box.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Primary Section''''' block filter fields are always loaded when users opens the '''''Filter''''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Secondary Section''''' only checked block filter fields are asynchronously loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Filter!! Block !! Section !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project(s)&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Projects and Services''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''project''and ''Service'' name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Type''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''Workflow'' Ticket Types&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Statuses''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''ticket'' status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Dynamic Group/Role''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter per&lt;br /&gt;
* Group&lt;br /&gt;
* Role on ticket&lt;br /&gt;
For each group is possible to enable the &amp;quot;Group Sub option&amp;quot; to simplify the group selection. &lt;br /&gt;
Ticket role filter management is based on resource role on ticket (e.g. Ticket where the logged user is Creator or Owner or Ticket Workr,ect.) The roles selection list is devided in two sections. Ticket where the logged user is ... and Ticket Without ... &lt;br /&gt;
This sections works with an AND clause; each item in each section works with an OR clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Priority&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Priority''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter the ticket based on Ticket Priority and its component (ticket impact and ticket priority)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Requester&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Requesters''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter based on ''requester'' information / ''[[GLOSSARY|Client]]'' or position in the ''[[GLOSSARY | Organization Unit]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Generic &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Generic information''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter base on different feature like ''Target Enviroment'',''Service Request'',''Service'',''Product'', ''Ticket activity template''and ''Tuple'' elements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Causes &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Transition''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter based on ''Ticket closure clause'' and ''Ticket Resolution clause''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Configuration Item &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Confguration Item''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Configuration Item'' name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custon field &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Custom field''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Custom Fields'' defined for each ''Ticket type'' selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Text Search &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Text''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to select one or more Text field and specify a &amp;quot;Search String&amp;quot; value''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Create complex filter ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complex filter will be created as a combination of Ticket parameter selection. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter1 : Extract all the Incident ticket where I'm Owner or I'm Ticket Worker, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Owner&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter2 : Extract all the Incident, Service request ticket without Owner, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Request Fulfilment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select Ticket without Owner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to manage carefully the flexibility the tool give him because he/she can select a conflictual choice, so the filter doesn't return any data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Filter ''view'' differently from ''Personal'' view has the possibility to define &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;QL Expression &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (Query Language). This way to filter ticket is delivered only to the Administrator due to the technical knowledge necessary to create then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example:&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = owner'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.ownerId = ${securityContext.resourceId}) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current user = Creator'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.resource.Id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = PM'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.project.id in (select prj.id from Project prj inner join prj.pmEntries as pm&lt;br /&gt;
 where pm.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = SGm'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = SG Manager'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Master SGm'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Master SG Manager'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Ticket Requester'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.requester.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Ticket Worker'''&lt;br /&gt;
 where main.id in (select asT.id from Resource as r inner join r.assignedTicketEntries as asT&lt;br /&gt;
 where r.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4015</id>
		<title>Filters management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4015"/>
		<updated>2018-10-16T10:07:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How To Create complex filter */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The itmSUITE® provides a complete filter management system that implements items (ticket, timesheet, etc...) searching according to several filtering rules.&lt;br /&gt;
In itmSUITE® three filter types can be defined:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Global filters''': are permanent filters configured by company admin and accessible to a group of users of the same company.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Personal filters''': are permanent filters configured by user and accessible only to him/her.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Temporary filters''': are temporary filters configured by user and accessible to him/her in current session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Entity !! Global filter !! Personal filter !! Temporary filter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Action'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Asset'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Billing Calendar'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Forced View'' || '''X''' || ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Invoice'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Message'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Milestone'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''News'' ||  ||  || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Personal View'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Activity'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Purchase Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Sale Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Supplier'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource Planning'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket Activity'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Timesheet'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''User'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Workflow'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Filters Configuration ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some entities list (i.e., ticket views) it is possible to configure a personal filter by '''Filters''' button or to remove it by '''Drop Filter''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter button.JPG|centre|thumb|900x900px|Filter Management buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filter management form contains following common sections:&lt;br /&gt;
* Personal Filter Manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Global Settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Section&lt;br /&gt;
* Primay and Secondary Section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and specific block sections for every entity views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Personal Filter Manager =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to create, delete or update personal filters. It is enabled by clicking on '''Personal Filter Manager''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button ||&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As New&amp;quot;: creates a new personal filter with name inserted in text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field with name inserted in text field &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Update Existing&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field without select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || defines the current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; as default in view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves personal filter defined in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Delete''' || Button || deletes current filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Global Settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to manage primary filter blocks. It is enabled by clicking on '''Global Settings''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primary Blocks Settings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || hides primary filter blocks (i.e., &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Statuses Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; for ''ticket'' filter) that are checked&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primay Block Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || the following choises are  possible: &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;No Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project and Services / Ticket Types / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types / Project and Services / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves '''''Global Settings''''' configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Main Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to configure main filter settings (paging, refreshing, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Per Page&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines items number (&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;100&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Show All&amp;quot;) that can be visible in a single view page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Code Range&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Text field || list of ticket codes (separated by a space char) that user can visualize&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Refresh Frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines the temporal frequency (&amp;quot;30 sec&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;2 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;3 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;5 min&amp;quot;) with which items view is refreshed. The &amp;quot;0 sec(off)&amp;quot; value disables this functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Smart Loading&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables block filter fields loading according to the visibility that logged user can have on some itmSUITE® items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Cascade Refresh&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables cascade options refresh for all filter blocks. If checked it enables asynchronous refreshing by '''Refresh''' button (to refresh selected filter block) or by '''Refresh All''' button (to update all visible filter blocks)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Creation Dates Options&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || creation date filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
* From - To: shows items according to setted creation date range&lt;br /&gt;
* Quick Date Option: shows items according to setted current or last N (N setted in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Units&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field) days, months, years.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Primary and Secondary Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these sections, every block filter can be hidden/visibile by a check box.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Primary Section''''' block filter fields are always loaded when users opens the '''''Filter''''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Secondary Section''''' only checked block filter fields are asynchronously loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Filter!! Block !! Section !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project(s)&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Projects and Services''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''project''and ''Service'' name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Type''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''Workflow'' Ticket Types&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Statuses''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''ticket'' status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Dynamic Group/Role''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter per&lt;br /&gt;
* Group&lt;br /&gt;
* Role on ticket&lt;br /&gt;
For each group is possible to enable the &amp;quot;Group Sub option&amp;quot; to simplify the group selection. &lt;br /&gt;
Ticket role filter management is based on resource role on ticket (e.g. Ticket where the logged user is Creator or Owner or Ticket Workr,ect.) The roles selection list is devided in two sections. Ticket where the logged user is ... and Ticket Without ... &lt;br /&gt;
This sections works with an AND clause; each item in each section works with an OR clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Priority&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Priority''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter the ticket based on Ticket Priority and its component (ticket impact and ticket priority)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Requester&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Requesters''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter based on ''requester'' information / ''[[GLOSSARY|Client]]'' or position in the ''[[GLOSSARY | Organization Unit]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Generic &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Generic information''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter base on different feature like ''Target Enviroment'',''Service Request'',''Service'',''Product'', ''Ticket activity template''and ''Tuple'' elements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Causes &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Transition''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter based on ''Ticket closure clause'' and ''Ticket Resolution clause''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Configuration Item &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Confguration Item''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Configuration Item'' name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custon field &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Custom field''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Custom Fields'' defined for each ''Ticket type'' selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Text Search &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Text''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to select one or more Text field and specify a &amp;quot;Search String&amp;quot; value''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Create complex filter ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complex filter will be created as a combination of Ticket parameter selection. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter1 : Extract all the Incident ticket where I'm Owner or I'm Ticket Worker, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Owner&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter2 : Extract all the Incident, Service request ticket without Owner, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Request Fulfilment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select Ticket without Owner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to manage carefully the flexibility the tool give him because he/she can select a conflictual choice, so the filter doesn't return any data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Filter ''view'' differently from ''Personal'' view has the possibility to define &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;QL Expression &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (Query Language). This way to filter ticket is delivered only to the Administrator due to the technical knowledge necessary to create then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example:&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = owner'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.ownerId = ${securityContext.resourceId}) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current user = Creator'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.resource.Id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = PM'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.project.id in (select prj.id from Project prj inner join prj.pmEntries as pm&lt;br /&gt;
 where pm.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = SGm'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = SG Manager'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Master SGm'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Master SG Manager&lt;br /&gt;
''' (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Ticket Requester'''&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.requester.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Current User = Ticket Worker'''&lt;br /&gt;
 where main.id in (select asT.id from Resource as r inner join r.assignedTicketEntries as asT&lt;br /&gt;
 where r.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4014</id>
		<title>Filters management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4014"/>
		<updated>2018-10-16T10:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How To Create complex filter */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The itmSUITE® provides a complete filter management system that implements items (ticket, timesheet, etc...) searching according to several filtering rules.&lt;br /&gt;
In itmSUITE® three filter types can be defined:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Global filters''': are permanent filters configured by company admin and accessible to a group of users of the same company.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Personal filters''': are permanent filters configured by user and accessible only to him/her.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Temporary filters''': are temporary filters configured by user and accessible to him/her in current session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Entity !! Global filter !! Personal filter !! Temporary filter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Action'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Asset'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Billing Calendar'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Forced View'' || '''X''' || ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Invoice'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Message'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Milestone'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''News'' ||  ||  || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Personal View'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Activity'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Purchase Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Sale Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Supplier'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource Planning'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket Activity'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Timesheet'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''User'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Workflow'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Filters Configuration ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some entities list (i.e., ticket views) it is possible to configure a personal filter by '''Filters''' button or to remove it by '''Drop Filter''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter button.JPG|centre|thumb|900x900px|Filter Management buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filter management form contains following common sections:&lt;br /&gt;
* Personal Filter Manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Global Settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Section&lt;br /&gt;
* Primay and Secondary Section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and specific block sections for every entity views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Personal Filter Manager =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to create, delete or update personal filters. It is enabled by clicking on '''Personal Filter Manager''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button ||&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As New&amp;quot;: creates a new personal filter with name inserted in text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field with name inserted in text field &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Update Existing&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field without select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || defines the current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; as default in view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves personal filter defined in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Delete''' || Button || deletes current filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Global Settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to manage primary filter blocks. It is enabled by clicking on '''Global Settings''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primary Blocks Settings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || hides primary filter blocks (i.e., &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Statuses Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; for ''ticket'' filter) that are checked&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primay Block Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || the following choises are  possible: &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;No Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project and Services / Ticket Types / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types / Project and Services / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves '''''Global Settings''''' configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Main Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to configure main filter settings (paging, refreshing, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Per Page&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines items number (&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;100&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Show All&amp;quot;) that can be visible in a single view page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Code Range&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Text field || list of ticket codes (separated by a space char) that user can visualize&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Refresh Frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines the temporal frequency (&amp;quot;30 sec&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;2 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;3 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;5 min&amp;quot;) with which items view is refreshed. The &amp;quot;0 sec(off)&amp;quot; value disables this functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Smart Loading&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables block filter fields loading according to the visibility that logged user can have on some itmSUITE® items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Cascade Refresh&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables cascade options refresh for all filter blocks. If checked it enables asynchronous refreshing by '''Refresh''' button (to refresh selected filter block) or by '''Refresh All''' button (to update all visible filter blocks)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Creation Dates Options&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || creation date filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
* From - To: shows items according to setted creation date range&lt;br /&gt;
* Quick Date Option: shows items according to setted current or last N (N setted in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Units&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field) days, months, years.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Primary and Secondary Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these sections, every block filter can be hidden/visibile by a check box.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Primary Section''''' block filter fields are always loaded when users opens the '''''Filter''''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Secondary Section''''' only checked block filter fields are asynchronously loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Filter!! Block !! Section !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project(s)&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Projects and Services''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''project''and ''Service'' name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Type''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''Workflow'' Ticket Types&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Statuses''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''ticket'' status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Dynamic Group/Role''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter per&lt;br /&gt;
* Group&lt;br /&gt;
* Role on ticket&lt;br /&gt;
For each group is possible to enable the &amp;quot;Group Sub option&amp;quot; to simplify the group selection. &lt;br /&gt;
Ticket role filter management is based on resource role on ticket (e.g. Ticket where the logged user is Creator or Owner or Ticket Workr,ect.) The roles selection list is devided in two sections. Ticket where the logged user is ... and Ticket Without ... &lt;br /&gt;
This sections works with an AND clause; each item in each section works with an OR clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Priority&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Priority''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter the ticket based on Ticket Priority and its component (ticket impact and ticket priority)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Requester&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Requesters''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter based on ''requester'' information / ''[[GLOSSARY|Client]]'' or position in the ''[[GLOSSARY | Organization Unit]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Generic &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Generic information''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter base on different feature like ''Target Enviroment'',''Service Request'',''Service'',''Product'', ''Ticket activity template''and ''Tuple'' elements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Causes &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Transition''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter based on ''Ticket closure clause'' and ''Ticket Resolution clause''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Configuration Item &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Confguration Item''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Configuration Item'' name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custon field &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Custom field''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Custom Fields'' defined for each ''Ticket type'' selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Text Search &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Text''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to select one or more Text field and specify a &amp;quot;Search String&amp;quot; value''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Create complex filter ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complex filter will be created as a combination of Ticket parameter selection. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter1 : Extract all the Incident ticket where I'm Owner or I'm Ticket Worker, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Owner&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter2 : Extract all the Incident, Service request ticket without Owner, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Request Fulfilment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select Ticket without Owner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to manage carefully the flexibility the tool give him because he/she can select a conflictual choice, so the filter doesn't return any data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Filter ''view'' differently from ''Personal'' view has the possibility to define &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;QL Expression &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (Query Language). This way to filter ticket is delivered only to the Administrator due to the technical knowledge necessary to create then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example:&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = owner&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.ownerId = ${securityContext.resourceId}) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current user = Creator&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.resource.Id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = PM&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.project.id in (select prj.id from Project prj inner join prj.pmEntries as pm&lt;br /&gt;
 where pm.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = SGm&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = SG Manager&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Master SGm&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Master SG Manager&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join&lt;br /&gt;
 sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Ticket Requester&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.requester.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
 where main.id in (select asT.id from Resource as r inner join r.assignedTicketEntries as asT&lt;br /&gt;
 where r.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4013</id>
		<title>Filters management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Filters_management&amp;diff=4013"/>
		<updated>2018-10-16T10:03:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The itmSUITE® provides a complete filter management system that implements items (ticket, timesheet, etc...) searching according to several filtering rules.&lt;br /&gt;
In itmSUITE® three filter types can be defined:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Global filters''': are permanent filters configured by company admin and accessible to a group of users of the same company.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Personal filters''': are permanent filters configured by user and accessible only to him/her.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Temporary filters''': are temporary filters configured by user and accessible to him/her in current session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Entity !! Global filter !! Personal filter !! Temporary filter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Action'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Asset'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Billing Calendar'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Forced View'' || '''X''' || ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Invoice'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Message'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Milestone'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''News'' ||  ||  || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Personal View'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Activity'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Project Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Purchase Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Sale Contract'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Service Template'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Supplier'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Resource Planning'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Ticket Activity'' || '''X''' || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Timesheet'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''User'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|''Workflow'' ||  || '''X''' || '''X'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Filters Configuration ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some entities list (i.e., ticket views) it is possible to configure a personal filter by '''Filters''' button or to remove it by '''Drop Filter''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Filter button.JPG|centre|thumb|900x900px|Filter Management buttons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The filter management form contains following common sections:&lt;br /&gt;
* Personal Filter Manager&lt;br /&gt;
* Global Settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Section&lt;br /&gt;
* Primay and Secondary Section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and specific block sections for every entity views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Personal Filter Manager =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to create, delete or update personal filters. It is enabled by clicking on '''Personal Filter Manager''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button ||&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As New&amp;quot;: creates a new personal filter with name inserted in text field&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Save As&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field with name inserted in text field &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Update Existing&amp;quot;: saves current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field without select&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Default&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || defines the current personal filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; as default in view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves personal filter defined in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Action&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Delete''' || Button || deletes current filter selected by &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Global Settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to manage primary filter blocks. It is enabled by clicking on '''Global Settings''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primary Blocks Settings&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || hides primary filter blocks (i.e., &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Type Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Statuses Block&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; for ''ticket'' filter) that are checked&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Primay Block Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || the following choises are  possible: &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;No Hierarchy&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project and Services / Ticket Types / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types / Project and Services / Operational Statuses&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Save''' || Button || saves '''''Global Settings''''' configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Main Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section to configure main filter settings (paging, refreshing, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Type !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Per Page&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines items number (&amp;quot;10&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;20&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;50&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;100&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Show All&amp;quot;) that can be visible in a single view page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Code Range&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Text field || list of ticket codes (separated by a space char) that user can visualize&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Refresh Frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || List box || defines the temporal frequency (&amp;quot;30 sec&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;2 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;3 min&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;5 min&amp;quot;) with which items view is refreshed. The &amp;quot;0 sec(off)&amp;quot; value disables this functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Smart Loading&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables block filter fields loading according to the visibility that logged user can have on some itmSUITE® items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Disable Cascade Refresh&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Check box || if unchecked it enables cascade options refresh for all filter blocks. If checked it enables asynchronous refreshing by '''Refresh''' button (to refresh selected filter block) or by '''Refresh All''' button (to update all visible filter blocks)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Creation Dates Options&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Radio button || creation date filtering:&lt;br /&gt;
* From - To: shows items according to setted creation date range&lt;br /&gt;
* Quick Date Option: shows items according to setted current or last N (N setted in &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Units&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; field) days, months, years.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Primary and Secondary Section =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In these sections, every block filter can be hidden/visibile by a check box.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Primary Section''''' block filter fields are always loaded when users opens the '''''Filter''''' menu.&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''Secondary Section''''' only checked block filter fields are asynchronously loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Filter!! Block !! Section !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Project(s)&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Projects and Services''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''project''and ''Service'' name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Types&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Type''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''Workflow'' Ticket Types&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Ticket Op Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Statuses''''' || Primary || multiselected filter for ''ticket'' status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Groups&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Dynamic Group/Role''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter per&lt;br /&gt;
* Group&lt;br /&gt;
* Role on ticket&lt;br /&gt;
For each group is possible to enable the &amp;quot;Group Sub option&amp;quot; to simplify the group selection. &lt;br /&gt;
Ticket role filter management is based on resource role on ticket (e.g. Ticket where the logged user is Creator or Owner or Ticket Workr,ect.) The roles selection list is devided in two sections. Ticket where the logged user is ... and Ticket Without ... &lt;br /&gt;
This sections works with an AND clause; each item in each section works with an OR clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Priority&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Priority''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter the ticket based on Ticket Priority and its component (ticket impact and ticket priority)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Requester&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Requesters''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter based on ''requester'' information / ''[[GLOSSARY|Client]]'' or position in the ''[[GLOSSARY | Organization Unit]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Generic &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Generic information''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to filter base on different feature like ''Target Enviroment'',''Service Request'',''Service'',''Product'', ''Ticket activity template''and ''Tuple'' elements&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Causes &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Ticket Transition''''' || Secondary || This section enable the user to filter based on ''Ticket closure clause'' and ''Ticket Resolution clause''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Configuration Item &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Confguration Item''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Configuration Item'' name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custon field &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Custom field''''' || Secondary || multiselected filter for ''Custom Fields'' defined for each ''Ticket type'' selected.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Text Search &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || '''''Text''''' || Secondary ||This section enable the user to select one or more Text field and specify a &amp;quot;Search String&amp;quot; value''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How To Create complex filter ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complex filter will be created as a combination of Ticket parameter selection. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter1 : Extract all the Incident ticket where I'm Owner or I'm Ticket Worker, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Owner&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket where the logged user is Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filter2 : Extract all the Incident, Service request ticket without Owner, is implented:&lt;br /&gt;
* Primary section: Ticket Types : Select two elements:&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Incident&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;quot;Request Fulfilment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Secondary section: Group : Select Ticket without Owner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to manage carefully the flexibility the tool give him because he/she can select a conflictual choice, so the filter doesn't return any data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Filter ''view'' differently from ''Personal'' view has the possibility to define &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;QL Expression &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (Query Language). This way to filter ticket is delivered only to the Administrator due to the technical knowledge necessary to create then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some example:&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = owner&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.ownerId = ${securityContext.resourceId}) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current user = Creator&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.resource.Id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = PM&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.project.id in (select prj.id from Project prj inner join prj.pmEntries as pm where pm.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = SGm&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = SG Manager&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.solutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Master SGm&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join sg.resourceEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Master SG Manager&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.masterSolutiongroup.id in (select sg.id from SolutionGroup as sg inner join sg.sgManagerEntries as r where r.id =  ${securityContext.resourceId}))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Ticket Requester&lt;br /&gt;
 (main.requester.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 # Current User = Ticket Worker&lt;br /&gt;
 where main.id in (select asT.id from Resource as r inner join r.assignedTicketEntries as asT where r.id = ${securityContext.resourceId})&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3979</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3979"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T15:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Organization Unit''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; under '''''Clients Management\Clients\Clients''''' allows to manage the ''Organization Unit'' (OU) tree related to each ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''General\System\Admin Kit''''' are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to ''Organization Unit'':&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Relations Resources-Clients'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Organization Unit on Client'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Client'' with '''Name''' corresponding to &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; will be added the ''Organizational Units'' present in columns '''OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9''', respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the ''Client'' or the ''Organizational Unit'' are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between ''OU'' and ''Resource'' will be added (if found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among ''Resources'' and ''Clients'', follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among ''Resources'' and ''Clients'', follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''OU'' import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A Resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A Resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A Resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button '''Report''' allows to view the current situation of relations among ''Resources'' and ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button '''Update User Info in all the Tickets''' allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more ''Organization Unit'' per ''Client'' with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update ''OUs'' on ''Clients'', follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Clients'' and the ''Organization Units'' are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button '''Update all the Tickets - User Info''' allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the ''Tickets'' as per current settings relative to ''Customers'' \ ''OUs'' and ''Addresses''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3978</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3978"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T14:23:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Organization Unit''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; under '''''Clients Management\Clients\Clients''''' allows to manage the ''Organization Unit'' (OU) tree related to each ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''General\System\Admin Kit''''' are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to ''Organization Unit'':&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Relations Resources-Clients'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Organization Unit on Client'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Client'' with '''Name''' corresponding to &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; will be added the ''Organizational Units'' present in columns '''OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9''', respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the ''Client'' or the ''Organizational Unit'' are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between ''OU'' and ''Resource'' will be added (if found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3977</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3977"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T14:20:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Organization Unit''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; under '''''Clients Management\Clients\Clients''''' allows to manage the ''Organization Unit'' (OU) tree related to each ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''General\System\Admin Kit''''' are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to ''Organization Unit'':&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Relations Resources-Clients'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Organization Unit on Client'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3976</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3976"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T14:19:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Organization Unit''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; under '''''Clients Management\Clients\Clients''''' allows to manage the ''Organization Unit'' (OU) tree related to each ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In '''''General\System\Admin Kit''''' are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to ''Organization Unit'':&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Relations Resources-Clients'''&lt;br /&gt;
 '''Upload Organization Unit on Client'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3975</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3975"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T14:17:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;''Organization Unit''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; under '''''Clients Management\Clients\Clients''''' allows to manage the ''Organization Unit'' (OU) tree related to each ''Clients''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3974</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3974"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:43:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1: This step allows to select the Ticket Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
 The droplist Client and Organization Unit will filter Requester list by selected values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2: This step allows the selection of Service Request from Service Catalog, the Ticket will be  &lt;br /&gt;
 created following Service Request configuration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3: This step allows to complete the Ticket before its creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3973</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3973"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:37:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this functionality is to create Ticket following a 3 steps mini-wizard oriented to Requested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Step 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details about the configuration of this functionality can be found here: [[TBC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3972</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3972"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:27:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Resource =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3971</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3971"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:27:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SRCS - Service Request visibility by Organization Unit can be configured by xls import, more details can be found here: [[Service Catalog Management (SRCS)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Service_Catalog_Management_(SRCS)&amp;diff=3970</id>
		<title>Service Catalog Management (SRCS)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=Service_Catalog_Management_(SRCS)&amp;diff=3970"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:25:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: Created blank page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3969</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3969"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:24:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In General\Ticket\SRCS shall be possible to define the visibility for each Service Request depending by Organization Unit of Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Service Request - Tab Organization Unit is possible to click on button lookup and select in popup the Organization Unit enabled to see current Service Request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
System will help with the proposal of Organization Units childs auto-selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3968</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3968"/>
		<updated>2018-06-15T13:16:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Other Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Resource - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Resource - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3866</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3866"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:46:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active Clients. &lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Units.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Client: in this case the values of Organization Unit&lt;br /&gt;
 field will be filtered by selected Client.&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: A Custom Field with this Sub Type will load as Data Source all the Active&lt;br /&gt;
 Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
 It can be linked to a Custom Field with Sub Type Organization Unit: in this case the values of&lt;br /&gt;
 Name field will be filtered by selected Organization Unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3865</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3865"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:41:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Other Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allows to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3862</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3862"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T15:27:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Other Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: define how many levels of droplist will be available in &lt;br /&gt;
 function Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester - Step 1 will be&lt;br /&gt;
 hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 This option can be activate only if Default Client is selected.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester - Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3858</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3858"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:47:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Request visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3857</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3857"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:47:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Other Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization&lt;br /&gt;
 Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3856</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3856"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:46:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Other Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present:&lt;br /&gt;
 Requester Filter by Client/OU: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization  Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3855</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3855"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:38:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Client - Organization Unit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here: [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3854</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3854"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:22:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Client - Organization Unit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here:&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Client Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3853</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3853"/>
		<updated>2018-06-11T14:19:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Client - Organization Unit */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a detailed description check here:&lt;br /&gt;
http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php/Client_Management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3830</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3830"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:36:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' has a target, the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' calculates entities (i.e.: ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'') value related to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' could have a related ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' : it will be used during recalculation to considerer the working periods (the ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' could be defined for each ''[[Glossary|Project]]'' or ''[[Glossary|Service]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Obejctive]]'' are used to create a subset of ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' to improve the UI on ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' view. When scope of more ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' is overlapping with another, the one with highest priority(position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OCE PTY&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Defines the prority assigned to ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' for current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' during recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Entity&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||An ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' can be assigned ot ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' or ''[[Glossary|Ticket Activity]]''||&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculate Expected Date&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' will calculate the value expected for entities in scope of current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' as T1 + Target Value||This information will be available as a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' ''[[Glossary|Custom Field]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Value Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||&amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;||Will define if value for current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will be visualized as absolute time passed or referred to target&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target expression&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; |||| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3829</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3829"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:35:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Objective definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' has a target, the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' calculates entities (i.e.: ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'') value related to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' could have a related ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' : it will be used during recalculation to considerer the working periods (the ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' could be defined for each ''[[Glossary|Project]]'' or ''[[Glossary|Service]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Obejctive]]'' are used to create a subset of ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' to improve the UI on ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' view. When scope of more ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' is overlapping with another, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Status&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OCE PTY&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Defines the prority assigned to ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' for current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' during recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Entity&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||An ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' can be assigned ot ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' or ''[[Glossary|Ticket Activity]]''||&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculate Expected Date&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' will calculate the value expected for entities in scope of current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' as T1 + Target Value||This information will be available as a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' ''[[Glossary|Custom Field]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Value Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||&amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;||Will define if value for current ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will be visualized as absolute time passed or referred to target&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target expression&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; |||| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3828</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3828"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:22:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Objective Logical Structure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' has a target, the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' calculates entities (i.e.: ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'') value related to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' could have a related ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' : it will be used during recalculation to considerer the working periods (the ''[[Glossary|Working Calendar]]'' could be defined for each ''[[Glossary|Project]]'' or ''[[Glossary|Service]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Obejctive]]'' are used to create a subset of ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' to improve the UI on ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' view. When scope of more ''[[Glossary|Standard Obejctive]]'' is overlapping with another, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3827</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3827"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:17:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' has a target, the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' calculates entities (i.e.: ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'') value related to it.&lt;br /&gt;
# The ''[[Glossary|Obejctive]]'' could have a related Calendar: it will be used during recalculation to considerer the working periods.&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3826</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3826"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:07:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Objective Logical Structure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Each Objective has 1 target&lt;br /&gt;
# Each Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3825</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3825"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T10:02:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* OCE Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Objective Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
 Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3824</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3824"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:59:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* OCE Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
 Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3823</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3823"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:58:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View or special ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' field to be placed in ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' form).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under '''''General\Company\Objectives''''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' module could be deploy on same ''[[Glossary|JBOSS]]'' used by ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module or could be deployed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We suggest to deploy ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' independently when ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' will have a challenging recalculation frequency or when ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' number to be managed by ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' is very high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The high level ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' options are available for a User with ''[[Glossary|Superadmin]]'' role under '''''General\System\OCE Setup''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Active&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Select it to activate ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' recalculation||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation Interval, in seconds&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||Set here the recalculation frequency|| It will be used by default by all the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' , it could be overridden in ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Verbose&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ||If selected the ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' log will be more detailed||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logical Structure ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
 Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority&lt;br /&gt;
 (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3822</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3822"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: a ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , a target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and a scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under General\Company\Objectives by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective logical structure ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
 Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
 For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority (position in ''[[Glossary|Aggregated Objective]]'') is visualized&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregated || An Aggregated ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' is a aggregation of many Standard ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the ''[[Glossary|Objective]]''  || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Set calculation interval&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Frequency (in seconds) of each calculation || It is optional because ''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' uses by default the frequency set at ''[[Glossary|Company]]'' level  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3821</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3821"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:19:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: a ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , a target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and a scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under General\Company\Objectives by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective logical structure ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Objectives related to Agreements are automatically calculated based objectives scope (services and dates)&lt;br /&gt;
# Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
# Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
# For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority is used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Standard Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregate ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the objective || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Delay in seconds between each calculation || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3820</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3820"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:18:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: a ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , a target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and a scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under General\Company\Objectives by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective logical structure ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Objectives related to Agreements are automatically calculated based objectives scope (services and dates)&lt;br /&gt;
# Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
# Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
# For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority is used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Standard Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregate ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the objective || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Delay in seconds between each calculation || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
 # Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 # Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
 # Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 2h 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
 # Name: Second Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
 # Target: 4h&lt;br /&gt;
 # Trigger Value: -1h&lt;br /&gt;
 An Event will be raised after 3h m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3819</id>
		<title>OCE - Service Level Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OCE_-_Service_Level_Management&amp;diff=3819"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T09:17:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Events */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''[[Glossary|OCE]]'' (Objective Calculation Engine) is an optional itmSUITE® module that allows you to check ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' processing time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It allows to define ''[[Glossary|Metrics]]'' and notifications for different ''[[Glossary|Workflow]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main parameters for each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' are: a ''[[Glossary|Metric]]'' , a target(expected time interval for a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' to reach ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' final ''[[Glossary|Status]]'') and a scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Action]]'' can be configured on each ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' to manage events (for example, notification messages to solicit the progress of a ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally ''[[Glossary|SM - Service Managment]]'' module can be configured to visualize the elapsed time or missing time for ''[[Glossary|Ticket]]'' related to ''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' (through columns that can be placed in the Ticket View).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|Objective]]'' management is available under General\Company\Objectives by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective logical structure ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OCE logical structure.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|OCE logical structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Objectives related to Agreements are automatically calculated based objectives scope (services and dates)&lt;br /&gt;
# Each objective has 1 target only&lt;br /&gt;
# Service Calendar, if applicable, wins over Objective Calendar&lt;br /&gt;
# For aggregated objectives, when overlapping, the one with highest priority is used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Standard Objective definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Standard vs. Aggregate ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Metric&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Group lead time for workflow (status A -&amp;gt; status B), Difference between date fields, Difference between numeric fields || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Target&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || The target agreement for the objective || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Calculation frequency&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Delay in seconds between each calculation || &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Scope&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated ||   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Events&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of events triggered in time (to be used for actions) || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colours&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of RAG colours for objective fields || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Recording&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Settings used to create snapshots of objective data to be used in trend analysis || &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify on an Objective/Ticket scope/Working Calendar:&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective Scope\Property is updated: it will be fully recalculated (also Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# When an Objective or a Working Calendar related to Objective is updated: it will be recalculated (excluding Ticket in status Frozen/Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
# Ticket change context: &lt;br /&gt;
## Next time PREV objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
## Next time CURRENT objective will be recalculated: Ticket metric value will be added&lt;br /&gt;
# If an Objective is set &amp;quot;Inactive&amp;quot; or Deleted: all existing Ticket metricvalues will be keep, but no new metricvalue will be added/modified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Metric ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Lead Time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An Objective based on this Metric will store data about time required for a Ticket to pass from a Status T1 to Status T2 and it is compared with Target value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Objective example.png|centre|thumb|500x500px|Objective example ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To monitor the resolution time of an incident is possible to configure an Objective as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
# T1: Opened state&lt;br /&gt;
# T2: Complete state (note that T2 status is considered equivalent to a Frozen state)&lt;br /&gt;
# Target (maximum time identified to bring the ticket to Completed state (T2)): 4 days&lt;br /&gt;
# Calendar: defined at Company or Service level and includes 8 business hours per day (Monday to Friday)&lt;br /&gt;
# Scope: All Incident Ticket opened on technical service &amp;quot;Database Management&amp;quot; with Medium Priority&lt;br /&gt;
# Frozen States: Closed, Canceled (see below for a detailed definition of Frozen)&lt;br /&gt;
# Suspended States: Suspend (see below for a detailed definition of Suspended)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - datetime ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 datetime Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between datetime is calculated in working hrs and depends from selected Working Calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Difference between fields - numeric ====&lt;br /&gt;
This Metric allows to manage the difference between 2 numeric Fields (Standard or Custom) and compare it with the Objective Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is still possible to set Status as Frozen/Suspended to stop calculation when a Ticket is in any of these Status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Group lead time for workflow tickets ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This metric allows to select one Group and, optionally, its subgroups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the metric is calculated as the Leadtime for workflow metric but in this case OCE will store data for each group / subgroup worked on Ticket and selected for an Obejctive with this Metric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working Calendars ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Obejctives based their calculation on Working Calendars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be defined in General\Company\Working Calendars (default is set up here).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be related to Service in Tab Agreements (only one Agreement can be Operational at the same time for a Service).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Objective Scope ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Objective scope defines the set of Tickets for which OCE will execute calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the status of a Ticket bring it out of the Scope: the OCE data related to it will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Filter&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Attributes to define the set of tickets for which the objective is calculated  ||    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parameters&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Selection of values for the metric  || T1 and T2 must be assigned respectively to the Ticket status that delimit the beginning and end of the range on which the Target must be respected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Occurrence set whether the occurrence of Ticket Status to be considered is the first, the last or the N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Flow properties&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Definition of behaviour for workflow statuses (e.g. calculation suspension) || Frozen: when Ticket is in a Frozen status, the objective calculation is stopped. &lt;br /&gt;
When Ticket exit from a Frozen status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Frozen status is added. Suspended: when Ticket is in a Suspended status, the objective calculation is stopped. When Ticket exit from a Suspended status and enter in a not Frozen or Suspended: all the time passed on Suspended status is NOT added. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Events ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each Object can raise one or more events that can be managed by the Action Engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Event name || It will be available in Action Engine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Set time interval from Target. Event will be raised at Target +/- Trigger Value time || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example&lt;br /&gt;
# Name: First Trigger&lt;br /&gt;
# Target: 2h&lt;br /&gt;
# Trigger Value: 0h 30m&lt;br /&gt;
An Event will be raised after 2hr 30 m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Colors ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Colors Tab allows to define the colors to display in the PMSM views (Forces and Personal) using OCE Target and Value fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Type&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the time past from T1. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot;: The column related to current Objective will visualize the remaining time to stay in target. ||    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Trigger Value&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Depending on the value selected for the Type field: &amp;quot;ABS&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The starting time is when the Ticket reaches the T1 Status. &amp;quot;REF&amp;quot; - The cell will assume the color set at the time set in the current field. The ref. time is the Objective Target. You can also use the '-' sign for the value in this field. || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Colors&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; || Using the MODIFY button is possible to choose the color for the Ticket view when the conditions set in the TYPE and TRIGGER VALUE field are verified. || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recording ===&lt;br /&gt;
This option allows to get OCE data snapshot related to current Objective to be used in DB (Dash Board) itmSUITE module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is possible to specify the recording frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add an Objective column to a Forced View ===&lt;br /&gt;
The PMSM Forced Views feature (accessible from General\Company\Forced Views by default) allows to include columns containing information calculated by OCE in Ticket views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Choosing the type Objective Escalation will be possible to add to the Metric Value or Target  column to the view for the defined Objectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icons visualized will help to understand if OCE is active on the current Ticket, if it is paused (&amp;quot;Suspended&amp;quot;) or if it is stopped (&amp;quot;Frozen&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OCE Calculation Algorithm ===&lt;br /&gt;
Each “interval time”: quartz Engine sends a wake up signal to OCE:&lt;br /&gt;
•	If a worker is available: it start to calculate an Objective&lt;br /&gt;
•	If no worker are available: wake up signal is ignored&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metric values belonging to an Aggregated Objective will be visualized by itmSUITE PMSM (in Forced View or in Ticket details) when all the Objectives Children of Aggregated are calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each valid Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = standard&lt;br /&gt;
## Check T1, T2 (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get active actions (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Get frozen/suspended statuses (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB – id, name, target value (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## Point A1: For each non frozen and non suspended ticket do&lt;br /&gt;
### Get ticket history&lt;br /&gt;
### Detect occurrence of T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of working time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Calculate duration of suspended time between T1 and T2&lt;br /&gt;
### Save difference to OCE db as calculated metric with current time&lt;br /&gt;
### Check and trigger actions if needed (schedule for future handling)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each block of frozen and suspended tickets (block size = 500) do&lt;br /&gt;
### Update time stamp for calculated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
### For each frozen or suspended ticket without calculated metric value to Point A1.&lt;br /&gt;
## Remove calculated metrics where time is not equal to current.&lt;br /&gt;
# If Objective type = aggregated&lt;br /&gt;
## Save Objective data to OCE DB (once)&lt;br /&gt;
## For each assigned Objective do&lt;br /&gt;
### Point A2: Find all ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
### Find all frozen and suspended ticket ids in scope&lt;br /&gt;
## Find all existing aggregated metrics&lt;br /&gt;
## For each ticket from Point A2:&lt;br /&gt;
### For each assigned Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen or aggregation is exists – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### If there is no existing metric for Objective – skip&lt;br /&gt;
#### Assign metric to Aggregated Objective&lt;br /&gt;
#### If ticket is frozen – add as existing metric&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=ItmSUITE%C2%AE_-_CMS_installation&amp;diff=3818</id>
		<title>ItmSUITE® - CMS installation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=ItmSUITE%C2%AE_-_CMS_installation&amp;diff=3818"/>
		<updated>2018-05-30T07:40:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Install CMS server */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Install CMS server =&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' collects all the web services to support ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'', ''[[Glossary|RE]]'' and ''[[Glossary|PM]]''/''[[Glossary|SM]]'' integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover this module will provide the component ''[[Glossary|CMS web client]]'' to allow ''[[Glossary|CMDB]]'' management. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DB: creation and initialization ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System requirements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hardware ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 - CPU Dual Core x64, 2,6 Ghz or more&lt;br /&gt;
 - 2 GB ram (4GB recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
 - 1 GB of free disk space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software ====&lt;br /&gt;
 - OS: Windows 2008 R2 Server (recommended), Windows 2003 Server&lt;br /&gt;
 - MSSQL 2008 R2 (recommended), MSSQL server 2005 std&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation procedure ===&lt;br /&gt;
This operation requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''DB Owner grants'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on ''[[Glossary|CMS DB]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Create a new DB instance on DB server engine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Execute the following scripts (the scripts are contained in folder &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''2.Script'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;):&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''2.1 Create.sql'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''2.2 Init.sql'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation script ran, in the table &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''AVER'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; will be present the version of just created ''[[Glossary|CMS DB]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Web server installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System requirements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hardware ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 - CPU Dual Core x64, 2,6 Ghz or more&lt;br /&gt;
 - 2 GB ram (4GB recommended)&lt;br /&gt;
 - 1 GB of free disk space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 - OS: Windows 2008 R2 Server (recommended), Windows 2003 Server&lt;br /&gt;
 - IIS 7.0 (recommended) , IIS 6.0&lt;br /&gt;
 - Framework .NET 4.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation wizard ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation of ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''Admin privileges'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on Web server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a folder to install ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' on Web server, in example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS Server installation folder.jpg|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS Server installation folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Run IIS (Internet Information Services) from Web server administration tools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server IIS.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server IIS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new Web site in IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server new Web site.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server new Web site]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Site name&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;, the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Physical path&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; (this shall be the folder created above) and the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Port&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server new Web site details.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server new Web site details]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At click on '''Ok''' the new Web site ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' will be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Port&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; in above picture (32000) is just an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential that the selected &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Port&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; is not currently used by any other applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' package, as result the following folders shall be created:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''1. Installer''''': contains the installation package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''2. Script''''': contains the script to create and initialize the ''[[Glossary|CMS DB]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''3. Doc''''': contains custom steps related to current version (if there are any)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server release pack.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server release pack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start the installation process: navigate to the folder '''''1. Installer''''' and double-click on the file '''setup.exe'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server Installer.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server Installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If OS on Web server is a windows 2008 server: is required to right click on '''setup.exe''' and select &amp;quot;Run as administrator&amp;quot; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server run admin.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server run admin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A wizard process will help during the installation of ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server 1 step.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server 1 step]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Next &amp;gt;''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the installation folder created above and the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Application pool&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; '''''ASP.NET v4.0 Classic'''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server 2 step.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server 2 step]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Next &amp;gt;''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server 3 step.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server 3 step]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wait for installation completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server 4 step.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server 4 step]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation completed: Click on '''Close''' button&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server 5 step.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server 5 step]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Move into installation folder and localize '''[Installation Folder] \ CMS \ Web.config'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the section limited by tag &amp;lt;settings&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert the '''IP address''' or the name of DB server for the attribute with key &amp;quot;db.server&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert the '''user''' with grant on DB itmSUITE CMS for the attribute with key &amp;quot;db.user&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert the '''password''' for the attribute key &amp;quot;db.password&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert the ''[[Glossary|CMS DB]]'' name for the attribute key &amp;quot;db.schema&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server Settings.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default connection to MSSQL Server is on port 1433: if current DB Engine installation is answering to default port, it is not required to be declared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If DB Engine installation is not configured on default port: it is required to declare it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: &lt;br /&gt;
'''''&amp;lt;add key = &amp;quot;db.server&amp;quot; value = &amp;quot;db.server, 1435&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On IIS 7: select the option &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Directory Browsing&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; and configure the settings as in following picture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server directory browsing.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server directory browsing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then click on '''Apply''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If present: follow the custom steps in folder '''''3. Doc'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start the Web site from IIS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' allow access via browser to ''[[Glossary|CMDB]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[[Glossary|CMS web client]]'' is fully compatible with IE 10 and IE 11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following login page shall be visualized browsing '''''http://[Web server]:[port]/CMS/&lt;br /&gt;
'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS web client login.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS web client login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally shall be possible to start work with ''[[Glossary|CMS web client]]'' by login with correct credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS web client.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS web client]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any question or doubts please contact our support: mailto:support@itmsuite.eu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Upgrade CMS server =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DB: upgrade ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''DB Owner grants'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on ''[[Glossary|CMS DB]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Execute a backup of CMS DB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Execute the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''update_[version].sql'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; present in folder '''2.Script'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check in folder '''3.Doc''' if custom steps are present and execute them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After upgrade script ran, in the table &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''AVER'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; will be present the version of just migrated CMS DB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Web server upgrade ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade of ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''Admin privileges'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on Web server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Execute a backup of ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' installation folder (copy / paste the folder in another filesystem location, it shall be considered the '''[backup folder]''').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. From Web server control panel uninstall the ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Follow the steps above related to ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Search for just installed '''[Installation Folder] \ CMS \ Web.config''' and copy in on server desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Search the section limited by tag &amp;lt;settings&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS server Settings.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS server Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Copy the previous &amp;lt;settings&amp;gt; from '''[backup folder] \ CMS \ Web.config''' in '''Web.config''' copied on server desktop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Move (overwrite) the '''Web.config''' from desktop to '''[Installation Folder] \ CMS \ Web.config'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Check in folder '''3.Doc''' if custom steps are present and execute them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Install CMS fat client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== System requirements ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hardware ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 - CPU Dual Core x64, 2,40Ghz or more&lt;br /&gt;
 - 4 GB ram&lt;br /&gt;
 - 1 GB of free disk space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software ====&lt;br /&gt;
 - OS: Windows 7, Windows 8.X, Windows 2008 R2 Server, Windows 2003 Server&lt;br /&gt;
 - Framework: .NET 4.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation of ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''Admin privileges'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' package, as result the following folders shall be created:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''1. Installer''''': contains the installation package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''2. PlugIn''''': contains the file required to enable model type(s) creation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''3. Doc''''': contains custom steps related to current version (if there are any)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy and paste the 1. Installer \ Release folder in '''[CMS fat client folder]\CMS\'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy and paste the necessary 2. Plug-in in '''[CMS fat client folder]\CMS\PlugIn'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS fat client plugin.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS fat client plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each ''[[Glossary|CMS plugin]]'' will enable the creation and the modify for one or more ''[[Glossary|CMS model]]'' type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin PFT.MDDefault.dll and PFT.MDImpactChain.dll shall be mandatory present in each ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' double click on '''[CMS fat client folder]\CMS\pft.exe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS fat client pft.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS fat client pft]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Yes''' button (leave '''Remember''' option checked).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS fat client warning.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS fat client warning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the start of ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' the software activation procedure will be activated: insert in fields the required data and the product activation key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS fat client activation.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS fat client activation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If preset: insert the proxy server data too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If present: follow the custom steps in folder '''''3. Doc'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' is correctly activate shall be possible to connect it to ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'': click on option '''Server Connect''' and insert ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' connection data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CMS fat client connection.png|850x850px|thumb|centre|CMS fat client connection]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Upgrade CMS fat client =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade of ''[[Glossary|CMS server]]'' requires &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''Admin privileges'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; on on PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Execute a backup of ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' installation folder (copy / paste the folder in another filesystem location, it shall be considered the '''[backup folder]''').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Follow the steps above related to ''[[Glossary|CMS fat client]]'' installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. If present: follow the custom steps in folder '''''3. Doc'''''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3748</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3748"/>
		<updated>2018-05-21T15:52:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization Management tree defined for each Client can be used as data source for a special Ticket Custom Field: the custom field with type Resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Ticket custom field may be defined in General\WorkFlow\Custom Fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A custom field with this type may have 3 different sub type:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Name: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3747</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3747"/>
		<updated>2018-05-21T15:27:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Custom fields in OU */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each Organization Unit allows to set 6 custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is possible to:&lt;br /&gt;
 Define the localization of each custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is visible in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
 Define if the custom field is mandatory in Client\Organization Unit management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3746</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3746"/>
		<updated>2018-05-21T15:24:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Company Info */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
In Company management (General\Company\Company Info) are present the following configuration options related to OU Management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Clients&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following options can be found in General\Company\Company Info - Tab Module Options\Sub Tab Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Add Requester by Resource options are present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Max number of Organization Unit Levels: TBD&lt;br /&gt;
 Hide Client Dimension: if checked, the Client selection in Add Request by Requester will be hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
 Default Client: allow to select the default Client in Add Request by Requester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In section Requester Options is present the option Requester Filter by Client/OU&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked: the Requester in Ticket shall be filtered by Client and Organization Unit selected in same Ticket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3735</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3735"/>
		<updated>2018-05-14T13:36:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Temporary ID used during import to create the OU tree structure||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Client Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Address||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU City||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Region||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Postal Code||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Country||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Phone||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU Fax||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||OU mail||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||A custom field usable to insert some not standard OU information||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Notes field||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||If set to 1, the current address will be visualized in the &amp;quot;User Info&amp;quot; tab of the Ticket if the current Resource is chosen as the requestor for the ticket.||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system generates a message in the following cases:&lt;br /&gt;
 Client not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Parent Organization Unit not found&lt;br /&gt;
 Organization Unit inserted&lt;br /&gt;
 Organizational Unit updated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;Update all the Tickets - User Info&amp;quot; allows you to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as per current settings relative to Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3730</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3730"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T11:02:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The page allows to import one or more Organization Unit per Client with a specific Parent - Child structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update OUs on Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Select the xls file&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on button Submit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Clients and the Organization Units are identified by Name, not by ID (the columns Id and Parent id are used only for identification of the Father - Child structure).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Id*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Parent id&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Client*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU Name*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Address*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;City*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Region&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Postal Code&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Country&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Phone&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Fax&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Email&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Custom Field3&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Notes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Use for Ticket Info (1-0)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3729</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3729"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:47:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
 Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3728</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3728"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:37:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + &amp;quot; &amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3727</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3727"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:18:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + [&amp;quot;&amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION] will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes-no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3726</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3726"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:17:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + [&amp;quot;&amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION] will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1 *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager(yes|no) *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3725</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3725"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:17:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + [&amp;quot;&amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION] will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3724</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3724"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:16:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + [&amp;quot;&amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION] will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt; Manager (yes|no)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3723</id>
		<title>OU Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.itmsuite.eu/index.php?title=OU_Management&amp;diff=3723"/>
		<updated>2018-05-09T10:15:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Renato.daverio: /* Upload OU on Client */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Client - Organization Unit =&lt;br /&gt;
The Tab Organization Unit under Clients Management\Clients\Clients allows to manage the Organization Unit (OU) tree related to each Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Admin Kit - Support functions to manage OU =&lt;br /&gt;
In General\System\Admin Kit are available some support functions.&lt;br /&gt;
Two of them are related to Organization Unit:&lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Relations Resources-Clients &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload Organization Unit on Client&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload OU on Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is based on the upload of an xls file formatted as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Client with name corresponding to CLIENT DIVISION + [&amp;quot;&amp;quot; + CLIENT REGION] will be added the Organizational Units present in columns OU_1, OU_2 ... OU_9, respecting the hierarchy present in the xls file (if the Customer or the Organizational Unit are not present an error message will be visualized).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relation between OU and resource will be added to the Organizational Unit (if this is found and if the relationship is not already present).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove relations among Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally select Clients on which to perform operation in Clients filter.&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Click on the Delete Resources on Clients button to delete the relations on the selected Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Click the Delete all Relationships button to delete the relations among all Clients and all Resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To insert/update relations among  Resources and Clients, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 1. Optionally check the Add not found resource option if is required to add the not found Resources&lt;br /&gt;
 2. Optionally check Add not found Organization Unit if is required to add Organization Units &lt;br /&gt;
 (if this option is not checked the OU will not be added, but only updated if found)&lt;br /&gt;
 3. Optionally check Associate OU Manager for child units if is required to set to OU Managers also&lt;br /&gt;
 for child OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OU import management rules:&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource may belong to only one OU as Member: if it is related to another OU during xls import, it &lt;br /&gt;
 relation with previous OU will be removed and a new relation will be created with the specified OU.&lt;br /&gt;
 When a resource is added to an OU, the Member flag is automatically activated. &lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be OU Manager of multiple OUs.&lt;br /&gt;
 A resource can be both a Member and an OU Manager of an OU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expected xls format:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Field !! Meaning !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT DIVISION *&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;CLIENT REGION&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Second part of the customer's name||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_1*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||First Level Organizational Unit: at least one Organizational Unit must be present because the Resource can't be associated directly with the Client||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;OU_[2…10]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Organizational Units (optional) of level from 2 to 10 (the depth of the Tree of Organization Units associated to each Client can be 10).||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE NAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Name of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;RESOURCE SURNAME*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Surname of the Resource||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Manager (yes|no)*&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;||Allows to set whether the Resource is Organization Unit Manager||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Report allows to view the current situation of relations among Resources and Clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The button Update User Info in all the Tickets allows to update all the data in the User Info Tab of the Tickets as filtered in Customers \ OUs and addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
This operation is high impacting on performance and on data structure: is strongly suggested to create a backup of the DB before proceeding and to run it at low system load time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upload Resource on OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Company Info =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom fields in OU ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Fields related to Client and OU =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom field with type &amp;quot;Resource&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate the Service Requester visibility based on OU tree ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Ticket Management - Add Request by Requester =&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to activate ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to configure Resource to add Ticket in this way ==&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Renato.daverio</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>